control reference manual...control circuit. simocode es is a powerful, user-friendly program that...
TRANSCRIPT
Control Reference ManualUSA Edition
tiastar MCC Simocode Pro
www.usa.siemens.com
1. Introduction 5
2. GeneralTerms 6
3. ProgramBlockSelection 8
4. FullVoltageNon-Reversing 12 FixedOperationModel PB01–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 13 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection 15 PB02–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 16 PB03–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 19 PB04–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 22 PB05–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 25 PB06–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 28 PB07–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 33 PB08–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 37 PB09–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 40
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB10–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 40 PB11–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 43 PB12–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 46 PB13–Local3-Wire–Remote3-Wire 49
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB14–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 52 PB15–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 57
5.FullVoltageReversing 62 FixedOperationModel PB16–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 63 PROFIBUSBitoperationmodeselection PB17–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 66 PB18–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 69 PB19–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 72 PB20–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 75 PB21–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 78 PB22–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 82 PB23–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 86 PB24–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 89
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB25–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 92 PB26–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 95 PB27–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 98 PB28–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire 101 PB29–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 104 PB30–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 109
6.TwoSpeedOneWinding(2S1W) 114 FixedOperationMode PB31–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 115 PB32–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 118 PB33–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 121 PB34–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 124
PB35–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 127 PB36–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 130 PB37–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 134 PB38–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 138 PB39–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 141 SelectorSwitchoperationmodeselection PB40–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 144 PB41–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 147 PB42–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 150 PB43–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 153
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB44–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 156 PB45–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 161
7. TwoSpeedTwoWinging 166 FixedOperationMode PB46–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 167 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB47–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 170 PB48–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 173 PB49–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 176 PB50–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 179 PB51–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 182 PB52–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 186 PB53–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 190 PB54–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 193
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB55–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 196 PB56–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 199 PB57–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 202 PB58–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 205
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB59–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-Wire 209 PB60–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 213
8. 3RW40ReducedVoltageSoftStarter 218 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB62–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 219 PB63–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 223 PB64–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 227 PB65–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 231 PB66–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 235 PB67–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 240 PB68–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 245 PB69–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 249
TableofContents
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB70–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 253 PB71–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 257 PB72–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 261 PB73–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 265
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB74–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 269 PB75–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 274
9. 3RW40REDUCEDVOLTAGESOFTSTARTER 279 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB77–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 280 PB78–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 285 PB79–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 290 PB80–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 295 PB81–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 300 PB82–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 306 PB83–3RW40w/InputIsolationandBypass 312 PB84–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 317
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB85–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 322 PB86–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 327 PB87–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 332 PB88–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 337
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB89–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 342 PB90–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 348
10.ReducedVoltageSoftStarter(3RW44W/opt.ISO) 354
PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB92–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 355 PB93–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation. 359 PB94–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 363 PB95–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 367
PB96–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 371 PB97–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-Wire 3RW44w/opt.InputIsolation 376 PB98–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 380 PB99–NoLocal–Remote-3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 384 SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB100–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 388 PB101–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 392 PB102–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 396 PB103–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 400
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB104–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 404 PB105–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 410
11.3RW44ReducedVoltageSoftStarter (3RW44w/opt.ISO) 416 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB107–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 417 PB108–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 422 PB109–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 427 PB110–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 432 PB111–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 437 PB112–3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolationandBypass 443 PB113–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 449 PB114–Remote3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 454
SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PBG115–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 459 PB116–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 464 PB117–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 469 PB118–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 474
OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB119–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 479 PB119–Remote2-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 480 PB120–Remote3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 485
TableofContents
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
A5E31640678A 3Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
1
TheintentofthismanualistofamiliarizethereaderwithalibraryofstandardcontrolcircuitstobeusedinconjunctionwithSiriusMotorManagementandControlDevices,alsoknownasSIMOCODEPro.
SIMOCODEProisaflexible,modularmotormanagementsystemthatcombinesvirtuallyallfunctionsrequiredforacompletemotorfeeder.Theonlyadditionalcomponentsrequiredareswitchingandshort-circuitprotectionmechanismsofthemaincircuit(contactors,circuitbreakers,fuses,etc.).
SIMOCODEProreplaceslarge,complexsectionsofthecontrolcircuitandautomaticallyimplementsallrequiredconnections.Itprovidesaconsiderableamountofoperating,serviceanddiagnosticdata,increasingtheactionableinformationprovidedbythemotorfeeder.ItcompletelyintegratesthemotorfeederintoacomprehensiveautomationsystemviaProfibusDPcommunication.
TherearetwovarietiesofSIMOCODEPro:• SIMOCODEProC-acompactsystemforfull-voltage non-reversingandreversingstartersproviding controlandmonitoringcapabilitiesviaastandard OperatorPanel.• SIMOCODEProV–avariablesystemwithmanyadditional functionsandfeatures. oStarterfunctionsforstar-delta;two-speedone-winding; two-speedtwo-windingandreducedvoltagesoft starters–withorwithoutreversingcontrol. oTwodigitalmodulestoincreasethenumberandtypeof binaryinputsandoutputs. oACurrent/VoltageMeasuringModulethatprovides additionalmeasurementandmonitoringofvoltageand otherpower-relatedvalues(powermanagement). oATemperatureModuletoevaluateanalog temperaturesensors. oAnEarth-Faultdetectionsystemintegratedwitha summationcurrenttransformerforsensitive groundingsystems. oAnAnalogModuletoextendthesystembyadding analoginputsandoutputs,suchasfilllevelorflow-rate monitoring. oAnOperatorPanelwithDisplay(OPD)thatprovides control,indicationandstatusofalldatastoredwithin thedevice.
1.Introduction
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
SIMOCODEProCisupward-compatiblewithSIMOCODEProV.Thismeansbothlevelscanbeusedsimultaneouslytomeetspecificrequirementsthroughoutafacility.
SIMOCODEProiscustomizedforaparticularapplicationbystoringoneofthefunctionalcircuitsdescribedinthismanualintoprogrammable,non-volatilememoryofeachdevice.Eachcontrolcircuitincludestheinputcommandsandoutputcontrollogicrequiredforaspecificapplication.
SIMOCODEProfunctionscanalsobecustomizedusinganoptionalWindows-basedsoftwareapplicationtodevelophighlyspecializedcontrolcircuitsortomodifyastandardcontrolcircuit.SIMOCODEESisapowerful,user-friendlyprogramthatusespull-downmenustoselectthedesiredfunctionality.TheprogramthentranslatestheseselectionsfordownloadtotheSIMOCODEPronon-volatilememory.
Formoreinformation,ortopurchaseSIMOCODEProorSIMOCODEES,pleasecontactyourlocalSIEMENSsalesoffice.
4 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
ControlCommand:Inputsentfromthecontrolstationscreentostart,stop,and/orchangethedirectionofamotor.
ControlMethod:Therearefourinputlocations(LocalControl,PLC/DCS,PC,andOperatorPanel)fromwhichcommandsmaybesenttocontrolSIMOCODEProoperations.Eachmaybesetindependentlyfromtheothers.(SeeControlMethodReleases&OperationModeSelector.)
ControlMethodReleases:Foreachcontrolmode,therearefourstations(LocalControl,PLC/DCS,PC,andOperatorPanel)thatcanhavecontrolenabled(ON)and/ordisabled(OFF).(SeeControlMethod&OperationModeSelector.)
ControlSelection:TheactofchoosingbetweenLocalControl,RemoteControl,andRemoteParameterizationControl(ifavailable)usingtheOperationModeSelector.
ControlStation:InterfacescreeninSIMOCODEESusedtoassignoperationmodeselectionandoperationscontrolwithineachcontrolmethod.
FAST:Describesthehighercapacitycontactorinatwospeedmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.
FixedLevel:AsettingwithintheSIMOCODEESsoftwarethatprovidesamaintainedhigh(1)orlow(0)signal.Usedinlogiccircuitstolimitthenumberofvariablesorprovideaconstantsignal.
FVNR:Thenon-reversingstarterusesthe1Mcontactortoconnectthemotorterminalsdirectlyacrossthelineforsingle-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.
FVR:ThereversingstarterusestheFWD&REVcontactorstoconnectthemotorterminalsinpositiveornegativephasesequenceforsingle-speed,dual-direction,andfull-voltageoperation.TheFWD&REVcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitingoftheinputlines.
FWD:Abbreviationforforward.Describestheclockwiserotatingcontactorinareversingmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.
LocalOperationMode:Tocommandthestarterunitusinghardwiredinputsortheoperatorpanel.
LocalControl(LC):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionsforcontrolsplacedattheSIMOCODEProinputs.
LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoring:TobypasstheSIMOCODEProforcommandofthestarterunitandusePROFIBUSDPcommunicationformonitoring.
OFFControlCommand:InputusedtosendaSTOPcommand.Note:LocalControl(LC)Methodrequiresanormallyclosedcontact.Thiswillensureshutdownifawirebreakoccurs.
OL/FVNR;OL/FVR;OL/2S1W;OL/2S2W:UseoftheSIMOCODEProasanoverloadonly.ControlcommandsmustbeperformedexternaltotheSimocodePro.MonitoringoverProfibusDPisstillpossible.
ON>ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaFWDandSLOWruncommand.
ON<ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaREVandSLOWruncommand.
ON>>ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaFWDandFASTruncommand.
ON<<ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaREVandFASTruncommand.
OperationModeSelector:Atwoinputtruthtableusedtochoosebetweenuptofourdifferentcontrolmodes(Local1,Local2,Local3,andRemote).SeeControlMethods&ControlMethodReleases.
OperatorPanel(OP):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionsfromtheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelbuttons.
PC(DPV1):ControlMethodusedtoassigntheactionssentfromaremoteClassIIworkstationorlaptopviaProfibusDP.MustbeabletoutilizeProfibusDPV1protocol.
PLC/DCS(DP):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionssentfromaremoteClassImasterPLC/DCSviaProfibusDP.
ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit:ControlinformationsentfromthePLC/DCStotheSIMOCODEProviaProfibusDP.
ProfibusCyclicSendBit:StatusinformationsentfromtheSIMOCODEProtothePLC/DCSviaProfibusDP.
RemoteOperationMode:TocontrolthestarterunitviaPROFIBUSDPcommunicationwithoutrightstochangeparameterdata.
RemoteParameterizationOperationMode:TocontrolthestarterunitviaProfibusDPcommunicationwithrightstochangeparameterdata.
2.Generalterms
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
A5E31640678A 5Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual Sectio
n 2
SIMOCODEES:Windows-basedsoftwareprogramusedtoparameterizetheSIMOCODEPromotormanagementdevice.
SLOW:Describesthelowercapacitycontactorinatwospeedmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.
TwoWireControl:Characterizedbymaintainedcontactclosure.Signalmustalwaysbepresentforoperationofthecontactor.Typically,twowirecontrolprovidesvoltagereleaseprotection,butnovoltagereturnprotection.Intheeventofcontrolcircuitpowerloss,thecontactorwouldde-energize(voltagereleaseprotection),butwouldre-energizeoncecontrolcircuitpowerwasrestored,ifthemaintainedcontactwasstillclosed(novoltagereturnprotection).Proceedwithcaution.
ThreeWireControl:Characterizedbymomentarycontactclosure.Signalneedsonlyapulseforoperationofthecontactor.Typicallythreewirecontrolprovidesvoltagereleaseprotectionandvoltagereturnprotection.Intheeventofcontrolcircuitpowerlossthecontactorwouldde-energize(voltagereleaseprotection).Oncecontrolcircuitpowerwasrestored,amomentarystartcontactclosurewouldberequiredbeforethecontactorwouldengage(voltagereturnprotection).
2S1W:Thetwo-speed,one-windingstarterusestheSLOWcontactortoselectlow-speedandtheFAST&SHORTcontactorstoselecthigh-speedfordual-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.TheSLOWandSHORTcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitsontheinputlines.
2S2W:Thetwo-speed,two-windingstarterusestheSLOWcontactortoselectlow-speedandtheFASTcontactortoselecthigh-speedfordual-speed,singledirection,full-voltageoperation.TheSLOWandFASTcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitsontheinputlines.
2.Generalterms(continued)
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
6 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference ManualtiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
Star
ter
Typ
ePr
og
ram
Blo
ckM
od
eSe
lect
ion
Typ
eC
on
tro
l Typ
eIn
pu
t A
ssig
nm
ents
Ou
tpu
t A
ssig
nm
ents
BU
IN
1B
U
IN2
BU
IN
3B
U
IN
4O
P
B
1O
P
B2
OP
B3
OP
B4
DM
1
IN1
DM
1
IN2
DM
1
IN3
DM
1
IN4
DM
2
IN1
DM
2
IN2
DM
2
IN3
DM
2
IN4
BU
O
UT1
BU
O
UT2
BU
O
UT3
DM
1
OU
T1D
M1
O
UT2
DM
2
OU
T1D
M2
O
UT2
FVN
RPB
01
Fixe
dLo
cal O
L - R
emot
e M
onit
orin
g
FVN
RPB
02
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 2
wir
eO
NFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
03
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 3
wir
eO
NFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
04
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 3
wir
e PB
- Re
mot
e 2
wir
eST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
05
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 3
wir
e PB
- Re
mot
e 3
wir
eST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
06
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 2
wir
eST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
07
Profi
bu
s Bi
tLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 3
wir
eST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
08
Profi
bu
s Bi
tN
o Lo
cal -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
ON
FWD
CO
IL
FVN
RPB
09
Profi
bu
s Bi
tN
o Lo
cal -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
ON
FWD
CO
IL
FVN
RPB
10
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
AU
TOFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
11
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
AU
TOFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
12
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
FWD
CO
IL
FVN
RPB
13
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
FWD
CO
IL
FVN
RPB
14
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
AU
TOST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVN
RPB
15
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
AU
TOST
ART
STO
PFW
D
COIL
FVR
PB1
6Fi
xed
Loca
l OL
- Rem
ote
Mon
itor
ing
FWD
CO
ILRE
V
COIL
FVR
PB1
7Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
FWD
REV
FWD
CO
ILRE
V
COIL
FVR
PB1
8Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
FWD
REV
FWD
CO
ILRE
V
COIL
FVR
PB1
9Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
FWD
STO
PRE
VFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
0Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
FWD
STO
PRE
VFW
D
COIL
RE
V
COIL
FVR
PB2
1Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
REV
FWD
STO
PFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
2Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
REV
FWD
STO
PFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
3Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eFW
DRE
VFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
4Pr
ofi b
us
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eFW
DRE
VFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
5Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
D
FWD
HA
ND
RE
VA
UTO
FWD
CO
ILRE
V
COIL
FVR
PB2
6Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
D
FWD
HA
ND
RE
VA
UTO
FWD
CO
ILRE
V
COIL
FVR
PB2
7Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 3
wir
e SS
/PB
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
FW
DH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
REV
AU
TOFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
8Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 3
wir
e SS
/PB
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
FW
DH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
REV
AU
TOFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB2
9O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 2
wir
eA
UTO
REV
FWD
STO
PFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
FVR
PB3
0O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 3
wir
eA
UTO
REV
FWD
STO
PFW
D
COIL
REV
CO
IL
3.Programblockselection
A5E31640678A 7Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
3
3.Programblockselection
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
Star
ter
Typ
ePr
og
ram
B
lock
Mo
de
Se
lect
ion
Typ
eC
on
tro
l Typ
eIn
pu
t A
ssig
nm
ents
Ou
tpu
t A
ssig
nm
ents
BU
IN1
BU
IN
2B
U
IN3
BU
IN
4O
P
B
1O
P
B
2O
P
B
3O
P
B
4D
M1
IN
1D
M1
IN
2D
M1
IN
3D
M1
IN
4D
M2
IN
1D
M2
IN
2D
M2
IN
3D
M2
IN
4B
U
OU
T1B
U
OU
T2B
U
OU
T3D
M1
O
UT1
DM
1
OU
T2D
M2
O
UT1
DM
2
OU
T2
2S1
WPB
31
Fixe
dLo
cal O
L - R
emot
e M
onit
orin
gFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
32
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
SLO
WFA
STFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
33
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
SLO
WFA
STFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
34
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
35
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
36
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
FAST
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
37
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
FAST
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
38
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eSL
OW
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
39
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eSL
OW
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
40
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
SL
OW
HA
ND
FA
STA
UTO
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
41
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
SL
OW
HA
ND
FA
STA
UTO
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
ILSH
ORT
CO
IL
2S1
WPB
42
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
D
SLO
WH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
FAST
AU
TOFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
43
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
D
SLO
WH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
FAST
AU
TOFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
44
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
AU
TOFA
STSL
OW
STO
PFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S1
WPB
45
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
AU
TOFA
STSL
OW
STO
PFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
SHO
RT
COIL
2S2
WPB
46
Fixe
dLo
cal O
L - R
emot
e M
onit
orin
gFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
47
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
SLO
WFA
STFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
48
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
SLO
WFA
STFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
49
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
50
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
51
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
FAST
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
52
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
FAST
SLO
WST
OP
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
53
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eSL
OW
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
54
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eSL
OW
FAST
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
55
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
SL
OW
HA
ND
FA
STA
UTO
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
56
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
i re
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
SL
OW
HA
ND
FA
STA
UTO
FAST
CO
ILSL
OW
CO
IL
2S2
WPB
57
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
D
SLO
WH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
FAST
AU
TOFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
58
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
D
SLO
WH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
FAST
AU
TOFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
59
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
AU
TOFA
STSL
OW
STO
PFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
2S2
WPB
60
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
AU
TOFA
STSL
OW
STO
PFA
ST
COIL
SLO
W
COIL
8 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
3.Programblockselection
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManualSt
arte
r Ty
pe
Pro
gra
m B
lock
Mo
de
Sele
ctio
n T
ype
Co
ntr
ol T
ype
Inp
ut
Ass
ign
men
tsO
utp
ut
Ass
ign
men
ts
BU
IN
1B
U
IN2
BU
IN
3B
U
IN4
OP
B1
OP
B
2O
P
B3
OP
B4
DM
1
IN
1D
M1
IN
2
1M
D IN3
1
MD IN
4D
M2
IN
1
2M
D IN2
DM
2
IN3
DM
2
IN4
BU
O
UT1
BU
O
UT2
BU
O
UT3
DM
1
OU
T1D
M1
O
UT2
DM
2
OU
T1D
M2
O
UT2
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
62
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
ON
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
63
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
ON
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
64
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
STA
RTST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
65
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
STA
RTST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
66
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NST
ART
STO
PIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
67
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NST
ART
STO
PIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
68
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eO
NRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
69
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eO
NRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
70
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
RVSS
RUN
RVSS
FA
ULT
AU
TOIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
71
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
FAU
LTA
UTO
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
72
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
73
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
74
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NA
UTO
STA
RTST
OP
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ I
SOPB
75
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NA
UTO
STA
RTST
OP
ISO
CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
77
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
RVSS
FA
ULT
BYPA
SSRV
SS
RUN
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
78
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
RVSS
FA
ULT
BYPA
SSRV
SS
RUN
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
79
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
STO
PBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
80
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
STO
PBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
81
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NBY
PASS
RVSS
STO
PIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
82
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NBY
PASS
RVSS
STO
PIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
83
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eRV
SSRV
SS
FAU
LTBY
PASS
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
84
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eRV
SSRV
SS
FAU
LTBY
PASS
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
85
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
86
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
87
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 2
wire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
88
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire
SS/P
B - R
emot
e 3
wire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NIS
O
COIL
BYP
COIL
RVSS
CO
IL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
89
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NA
UTO
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
3RW
40
W/ B
YPPB
90
Ope
rato
r Pa
nel
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NA
UTO
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
ILRV
SS
COIL
A5E31640678A 9Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
3
3.Programblockselection
tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual
Star
ter
Type
Prog
ram
Bl
ock
Mod
e
Sele
ctio
n T
ype
Con
trol
Typ
eIn
put
Ass
ign
men
tsO
utp
ut
Ass
ign
men
tsBU
IN1
BU
IN
2BU
IN3
BU
IN4
OP
B1
OP
B2
OP
B3
OP
B4
DM
1
IN
1D
M1
IN2
DM
1
IN
3D
M1
IN4
DM
2
IN
1D
M2
IN2
DM
2
IN
3D
M2
IN4
BU
OU
T1BU
O
UT2
BU
OU
T3D
M1
O
UT1
DM
1
OU
T2D
M2
O
UT1
DM
2
OU
T23
RW4
4PB
92
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
ON
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
93
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
ON
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
94
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
STA
RTST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
95
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
STA
RTST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
96
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NST
ART
STO
PRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
97
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NST
ART
STO
PRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
98
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eO
NRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
RVSS
CO
ILRV
SS
RESE
TIS
O
COIL
3RW
44
PB9
9Pr
ofibu
s Bi
tN
o Lo
cal -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
ON
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
0Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 2
wir
eH
AN
DRV
SS
RUN
RVSS
FA
ULT
AU
TORV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
1Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 3
wir
eH
AN
DRV
SS
RUN
RVSS
FA
ULT
AU
TORV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
2Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 3
wir
e SS
/PB
- Rem
ote
2 w
ireH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
3Se
lect
or S
wit
chLo
cal 3
wir
e SS
/PB
- Rem
ote
3 w
ireH
AN
D
STA
RTH
AN
D
STO
PA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
4O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 2
wir
eRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
AU
TOST
ART
STO
PRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4PB
10
5O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 3
wir
eRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
AU
TOST
ART
STO
PRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
07
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
BYPA
SSRV
SS
FAU
LTRV
SS
RUN
RVSS
CO
ILRV
SS
RESE
TIS
O C
OIL
BYP
COIL
3RW
44
W/ B
YPPB
10
8Pr
ofibu
s Bi
tLo
cal 2
wir
e SS
- Re
mot
e 3
wir
eRV
SSBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
09
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
RVSS
STO
PBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
10
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
PB -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
RVSS
STO
PBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
11
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
2 w
ire
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
12
Profi
bus
Bit
Loca
l 3 w
ire
OP
- Rem
ote
3 w
ire
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
13
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 2
wir
eRV
SSBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
14
Profi
bus
Bit
No
Loca
l - R
emot
e 3
wir
eRV
SSBY
PASS
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
15
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
2 w
ire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
16
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 2 w
ire
SS -
Rem
ote
3 w
ire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
17
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire S
S/PB
- Re
mot
e 2
wire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL3
RW4
4 W
/ BYP
PB1
18
Sele
ctor
Sw
itch
Loca
l 3 w
ire S
S/PB
- Re
mot
e 3
wire
HA
ND
RV
SSH
AN
D
STO
PH
AN
D
BYPA
SSA
UTO
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL
3RW
44
W/ B
YPPB
11
9O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wi r
e O
P - R
emot
e 2
wir
eA
UTO
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL
3RW
44
W/ B
YPPB
12
0O
pera
tor
Pan
elLo
cal 3
wir
e O
P - R
emot
e 3
wir
eA
UTO
BYPA
SSRV
SSST
OP
RVSS
FA
ULT
RVSS
RU
NRV
SS
COIL
RVSS
RE
SET
ISO
CO
ILBY
P CO
IL
10 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
4.Fullvoltagenon-reversing
Thenon-reversingstarterusesthe1Mcontactortoconnectthemotorterminalsdirectlyacrossthelineforsingle-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.
Thebasicoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.
1. AlocalorremotestartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
2. TheSIMOCODEProOutput1closeswhichenergizesthecoilof1MContactor.
3. AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
4. TheSIMOCODEProOutput1openswhichde-energizesthecoilof1MContactor.
5. Ifafaultoccursatanytime,theSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.
A5E31640678A 11Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB01
OL/FVNR–FixedOperationModeLocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringConnectionDiagram
12 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB01
OL/FVNR–FixedOperationModeLocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringOperatingInstructions
LocalControl 1.Allcontrolexternaltodevice. 2.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventtheSIMOCODEOutput3willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
NOTE:ThissetupisnotrecommendedasitsuseeliminateslocalcontrolofthestarterviaSimocodeProaswellasremotecontroloverProfibusDPnetworkcommunication
A5E31640678A 13Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB01
OL/FVNR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
14 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB02
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 15Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB02
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot
permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl
1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandtheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheselectorswitchisplacedintotheONposition.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1McontactortheselectorswitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanoverloadoranyothergeneralfaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.Profibuscyclicreceivebit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputis connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnected totheSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanel ifsoequipped.
16 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB02
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 17Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB03
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
18 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB03
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommand inOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheONposition.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1 isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,via ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEPro OperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 19Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB03
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
20 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB04
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireConnectiondiagram
A5E31640678A 21Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB04
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormally closedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Output isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.2isconnectedtotheSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen,whichin turnde-energizesthe1MContactorCoilthusdisengagingthe1MContactorceasingcurrentflowtothemotor.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface, viaProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedonthe SIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
22 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB04
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 23Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB05
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
24 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB05
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate. TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
A5E31640678A 25Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB05
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
26 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB06
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 27Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB06
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
28 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB06
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheOPStartPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
A5E31640678A 29Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB06
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
30 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB07
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 31Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB07
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
32 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB07
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl
1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheOPStartPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
A5E31640678A 33Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB07
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
34 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB08
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 35Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB08
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3,ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl
1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedto theSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
36 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB08
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 37Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB09
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
38 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB09
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly) 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
A5E31640678A 39Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB09
FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
40 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB10
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 41Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB10
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
42 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB10
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 43Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB11
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
44 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB11
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
A5E31640678A 45Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB11
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
46 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB12
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 47Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB12
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionandtheStartPushbuttonisdepressed whiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition theStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.ForeitheractiontheOFF ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedto theSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
48 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB12
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 49Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB13
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
50 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB13
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionandtheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhile theStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1 toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionthe StopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.ForeitheractiontheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwotheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 51Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB13
FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
52 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB14
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 53Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB14
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
54 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB14
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isnotrelevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintainedsignal) areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindicationisprovided viaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP). 2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSTARTButtonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output1toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSTOPOperatorPanelButtonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion. 2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 55Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB14
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
56 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB14
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
AUTOToggleOperation
A5E31640678A 57Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB15
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
58 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB15
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 59Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB15
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedge risinglatchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperation Modeselectionduringlossofcontrolpower.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isnotrelevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSTARTButtonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSTOPOperatorPanelButtonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.
4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).
2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. oIntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
60 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB15
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 61Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
4
PB15
FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
AUTOToggleOperation
62 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
ThereversingstarterusestheFWD&REVcontactorstoconnectthemotorterminalsinpositiveornegativephasesequenceforsingle-speed,dual-direction,full-voltageoperation.TheFWD&REVcontactorsaremechanicallyandintelligentlyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitingoftheinputlines.
ThebasicFORWARDoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.
1.AlocalorremoteFORWARDstartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
2.TheSIMOCODEProOutput1closeswhichenergizesthecoilofFWDContactor.
3.AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
4.TheSIMOCODEProOutput1openswhichde-energizesthecoilofFWDContactor.
5. IfafaultoccursatanytimetheSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.
ThebasicREVERSEoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.
1.AlocalorremoteREVERSEstartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
2.TheSIMOCODEProOutput2closeswhichenergizesthecoilofREVContactor.
3.AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.
4.TheSIMOCODEProOutput2openswhichde-energizesthecoilofREVContactor.
5. IfafaultoccursatanytimetheSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.
5.Fullvoltagereversing
A5E31640678A 63Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB16
OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringConnectionDiagram
64 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB16
OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringOperatingInstructions
LocalControl 1. Allcontrolexternaltodevice.
2. IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventtheSIMOCODEOutput3willopen.
ResetControl 3. GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
Note: 1. ThissetupisnotrecommendedasitsuseeliminateslocalcontrolofthestarterviaSimocodeProaswellasremotecontrol overProfibusDPnetworkcommunication.
A5E31640678A 65Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB16
OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
66 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB17
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 67Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB17
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthen
triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactor,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0
aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFault,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
68 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB17
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 69Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB18
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireConnectionDiagram
70 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB18
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheplacetheSelectorSwitchintheOFFposition.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.ToswitchcontactorsissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfortheoppositedirection.The defaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.Thedefaultinterlockingtimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 71Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB18
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
72 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB19
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 73Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB19
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.
TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.
TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactor,depresstheStopPushbutton.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisnecessarytoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor
theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0
aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControl Commandfortheoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
74 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB19
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 75Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB20
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
76 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB20
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.The ON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON <ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 77Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB20
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3WirePB–Remote3WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
78 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB21
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 79Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB21
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
80 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB21
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode OperatorPanel(OP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP). ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0are deactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 81Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB21
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
82 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB22
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 83Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB22
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
84 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB22
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS. 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode OperatorPanel(OP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.Intheeventofanoverloadorothergeneralfaultevent,SIMOCODEoutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadorotherGeneralFaultevent,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 85Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB22
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
86 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB23
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 87Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB23
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS. 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly) 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3. 2.ToengagetheFWDContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput3isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3aredeactivated.The OFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0. 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.20.0aredeactivated.TheOFF ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadorotherGeneralFaultevent,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
88 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB23
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 89Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB24
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
90 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB24
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation
ModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.
LOCALCONTROL(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly)1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand
andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput3isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactor,SIMOCODEInputs1and3aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode
PLC/DCS(DP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl
1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelissoequipped.
A5E31640678A 91Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB24
FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
92 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB25
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 93Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB25
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot
relevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationMode,SIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes
notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.LocalControl
1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInputs1and3.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthen
triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControl
Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor
theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0areconnectedtoTruthTable2.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,theProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactor,theProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0aredeactivated.TheOFFControl
Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl
1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
94 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB25
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 95Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB26
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
96 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB26
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot
permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand
andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInputs1and3.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControl
Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
RemoteControl
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode
PLC/DCS(DP).2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic
ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped..
A5E31640678A 97Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB26
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
98 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB27
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 99Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB27
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes
notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.
TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.
TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplaced
intotheHANDpositiontheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.For
eitheractiontheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS (DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0
aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
100 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB27
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 101Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB28
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
102 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB28
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructionsControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation. 3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot
permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.
LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheForwardpushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStoppushbuttonisinitsnormalclosedstate.The
ON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheReversepushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStoppushbuttonisinitsnormalclosedstate.The
ON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedinto
theHANDpositiontheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.Foreither actiontheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.
A5E31640678A 103Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB28
FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
104 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB29
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 105Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB29
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isnotrelevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.Whenmodeisactive,indicationisprovidedviatheLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.
LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeOperatorPanel(OP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandis
thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS (DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0areconnectedtoTruthTable2.
2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactor,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,
causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactorProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
106 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB29
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 107Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB29
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram
108 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB29
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail
AUTOToggleOperation
A5E31640678A 109Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB30
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
110 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB30
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram
A5E31640678A 111Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB30
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions
ControlSelection
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.
2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit 0.5isnotrelevanttothisoperation.
3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.
4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton.
LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnected totheON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeOperatorPanel(OP).
2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.
3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.
4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.
5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.
6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs12willopen.
RemoteControl
1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.
ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.
112 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB30
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
ControlSelectionandOperation
A5E31640678A 113Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
5
PB30
FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail
AUTOToggleOperation
114 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
114 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
6. Two speed one winding
The two-speed one-winding starter uses the SLOW contactor to select low-speed and the FAST & SHORT contactors to select high-speed for dual-speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation. The SLOW and SHORT contactors are mechanically and intelligently interlocked to prevent short circuiting of the input lines.
The basic SLOW operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote SLOW start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The basic FAST operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote FAST start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 and SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 close which energizes the coils of the FAST Contactor and SHORT Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 and SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 open which de-energizes the coils of the FAST Contactor and SHORT Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
A5E31640678A 115Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
115Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB31
OL / 2S1W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Connection Diagram
116 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
116 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB31
OL / 2S1W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Operating Instructions
Local Control 1. All control external to device.
2. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control 3. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
NOTE: 1. This setup is not recommended as its use eliminates local control of the starter via Simocode Pro as well as remote control over Profibus DP network communication.
2. Two Simocode Pro devices are required to utilize a 2S1W starter in this fashion.
A5E31640678A 117Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
117Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB31
OL / FVNR – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
118 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
118 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB32
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 119Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
119Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB32
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1and 3.
2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
120 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
120 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB32
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 121Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
121Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB33
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
122 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
122 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB33
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2 Wire SS– Remote 3 WireOperating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 123Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
123Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB33
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
124 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
124 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB34
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 125Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
125Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB34
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire PB– Remote 2 Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1and SIMOCODE Output 3 | to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor, or the FAST & SHORT Contactors, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bits 0.2 and 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
126 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
126 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB34
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 127Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
127Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB35
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
128 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
128 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB35
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode. Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 129Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
129Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB35
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
130 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
130 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB36
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 131Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
131Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB36
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
132 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
132 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB36
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2 Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 133Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
133Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB36
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
134 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
134 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB37
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 135Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
135Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB37
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
136 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
136 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB37
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2 Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 137Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
137Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB37
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
138 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
138 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB38
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 139Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
139Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB38
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
140 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
140 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB38
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 141Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
141Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB39
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
142 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
142 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB39
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3 Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 143Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
143Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB39
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
144 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
144 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB40
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 145Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
145Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB40
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors, you must issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
146 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
146 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB40
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 147Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
147Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB41
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
148 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
148 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB41
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection2. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.3. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.4. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.5. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is the triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open. Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 149Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
149Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB41
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
150 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
150 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB42
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 151Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
151Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB42
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normal closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel, if so equipped.
152 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
152 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB42
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 153Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
153Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB43
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
154 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
154 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB43
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 155Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
155Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB43
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
156 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
156 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB44
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 157Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
157Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB44
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
158 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
158 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB44
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When remote operation mode is active, indication is provided via the LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions is reset using the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 159Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
159Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB44
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
160 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
160 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB44
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
A5E31640678A 161Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
161Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB45
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
162 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
162 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB45
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 163Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
163Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB45
2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1.Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
164 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
164 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB45
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 165Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
6
165Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB45
2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
166 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
7. Two speed two winding
The two-speed two-winding starter uses the SLOW contactor to select low-speed and the FAST contactor to selecthigh-speed for dual-speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation. The SLOW and FAST contactors are mechanicallyand intelligently interlocked to prevent short circuiting of the input lines.
The basic SLOW operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote SLOW start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The basic FAST operation of this starter is as follows.
1. A local or remote FAST start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes which energizes the coil of the FAST Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens which de-energizes the coil of the FAST.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
A5E31640678A 167Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB46
OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Connection Diagram
168 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB46
OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Operating Instructions
Local Control1. All control external to device.2. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open, which in turn de-energizes the SLOW & FAST Contactor Coils thus disengaging the SLOW & FAST Contactors ceasing current flow to the motor.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
NOTE:
1. This setup is not recommended as its use eliminates local control of the starter via Simocode Pro as well as remote control over Profibus DP network communication.2. Two Simocode Pro devices are required to utilize a 2S2W starter in this fashion.
A5E31640678A 169Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB46
OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
170 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB47
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 171Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB47
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, place the Selector Switch in the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor, place the Selector Switch in the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
172 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB47
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 173Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB48
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
174 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB48
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2.to close5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close. 4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open. 5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 175Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB48
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
176 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB49
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 177Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB49
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is triggered causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW or FAST Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
178 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB49
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 179Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB50
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
180 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB50
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW or FAST Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 181Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB50
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
182 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB51
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 183Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB51
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
184 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB51
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open. Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 185Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB51
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
186 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB52
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 187Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB52
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
188 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB52
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then riggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 189Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB52
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
190 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB53
2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 191Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB53
2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remotel Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
192 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB53
2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 193Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB54
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
194 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB54
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Inputs1 and 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Resetl Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 195Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB54
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
196 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB55
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 197Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB55
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operationto SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset using the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
198 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB55
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 199Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB56
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
200 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB56
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions are reset using the TEST/RESET button on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 201Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB56
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
202 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB57
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 203Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB57
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
204 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB57
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 205Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB58
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
206 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB58
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 207Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB58
2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
208 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB59
2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 209Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB59
2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire
Connection Diagram
210 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB59
2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 211Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB59
2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
212 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB59
2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
A5E31640678A 213Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB60
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
214 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB60
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 215Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB60
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
216 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB60
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 217Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
7
PB60
2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire
Parameter Detail
Auto Toggle Detail
218 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
8. 3RW40 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation Contactor
The reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless acceleration by controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings.
The basic operation of this starter is as follows. 1. A local or remote start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.
3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.
5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.
7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.
8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 1 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operation feedback over Profibus-DP.
o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 to energize the 3M Isolation Contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.
o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.
A5E31640678A 219Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB62
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
220 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB62
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationOperating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation
Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation
Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus
Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 221Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB62
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
222 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB62
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 223Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB63
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation Connection Diagram
224 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB63
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation
Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation
Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 225Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB63
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
226 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB63
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 227Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB64
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
228 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB64
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation
Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control
Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open..
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 229Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB64
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
230 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB64
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 231Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB65
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram
232 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB65
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation
Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactived.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected
to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 233Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB65
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
234 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB65
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 235Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB66
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram
236 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB66
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 237Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB66
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is
connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected
to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
238 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB66
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 239Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB66
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
240 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB67
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 241Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB67
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
242 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB67
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the
Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected
to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus
Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 243Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB67
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
244 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB67
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 245Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB68
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire3RW40 w/ Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
246 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB68
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire3RW40 w/ Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only) 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only
A5E31640678A 247Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB68
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
248 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB68
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 249Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB69
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
250 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB69
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation
Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 251Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB69
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
252 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB69
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 253Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB70
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
254 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB70
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the
Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation
Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 255Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB70
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
256 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB70
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 257Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB71
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
258 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB71
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the
Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation
Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 259Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB71
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
260 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB71
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 261Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB72
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
262 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB72
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the
Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control
Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. 1: while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. 2: the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 263Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB72
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
264 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB72
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 265Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB73
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
266 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB73
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to Operation
Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control
Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 267Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB73
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
268 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB73
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 269Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB74
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram
270 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB74
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 271Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB74
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected
to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control5. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is
connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
6. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
7. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
8. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
9. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
10. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, | causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
272 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB74
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 273Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB74
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
274 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB75
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 275Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB75
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
276 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB75
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to
the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode, Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via the LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected
to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to
the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.
5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic
Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 277Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
8
PB75
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
278 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB75
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 279Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
9. 3RW40 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation and Bypass ContactorsThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless acceleration by controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings. A bypass contactor is integrated into the design to provide selectable direct across the line, single- speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation.
The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote RVSS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.
3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.
5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.
7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.
8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 1 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The basic BYPASS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote BYPASS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.
3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.
5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.
o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 to energize the 3M contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.
o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active, the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will change states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.
280 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB77
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 281Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB77
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3. 2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal. 3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close. 4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close. 5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open. 6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time). 7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. 8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
282 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB77
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/ DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 283Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB77
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
284 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB77
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 285Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB78
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
286 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB78
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 287Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB78
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
288 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB78
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 289Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB78
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
290 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB79
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and BypassConnection Diagram
A5E31640678A 291Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB79
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
292 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB79
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 293Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB79
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
294 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB79
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 295Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB80
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
296 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB80
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 297Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB80
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
298 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB80
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 299Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB80
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
300 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 301Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
302 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 303Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
304 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 305Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB81
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
306 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 307Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
308 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) –Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 309Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) –Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
310 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 311Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB82
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
312 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB83
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 313Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB83
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the SIMOCODE Input 1 and the SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 2 and SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.
314 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB83
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 315Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB83
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
316 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB83
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 317Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB84
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
318 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB84
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 319Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB84
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
320 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB84
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 321Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB84
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
RVSS Control and Operation
322 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB85
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 323Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB85
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
324 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB85
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 325Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB85
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
326 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB85
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 327Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB86
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
328 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB86
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
A5E31640678A 329Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB86
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
330 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB86
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 331Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB86
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
332 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB87
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 333Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB87
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
334 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB87
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
A5E31640678A 335Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB87
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
336 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB87
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 337Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB88
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
338 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB88
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 339Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB88
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
340 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB88
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 341Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB88
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
342 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 343Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
344 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 345Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
346 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 347Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB89
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
348 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 349Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
350 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 351Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
Reset Control
1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
352 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 353Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
9
PB90
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
354 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
10. 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Optional Input Isolation ContactorThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless accelerationby controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltageoperation. An optional input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removalto the motor windings.
The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.
3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 3 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M if equipped.
4. With 3-phase voltage applied the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.
5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.
7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.
8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 3 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M if equipped.
9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.
o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 3 to energize the 3M Isolation Contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.
o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.
A5E31640678A 355Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB92
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
356 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB92
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 357Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB92
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
358 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB92
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 359Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB93
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
360 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB93
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 361Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB93
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
362 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB93
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 363Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB94
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
364 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB94
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 365Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB94
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
366 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB94
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 367Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB95
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
368 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB95
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 369Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB95
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
370 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB95
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 371Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB96
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
372 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB96
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD –Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 373Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB96
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the
Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
374 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB96
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 375Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB96
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
376 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB97
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 377Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB97
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
378 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB97
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 379Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB97
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
380 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB98
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 381Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB98
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control 1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
382 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB98
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 383Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB98
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
384 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB99
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 385Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB99
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control 1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
386 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB99
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 387Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB99
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
388 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB100
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 389Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB100
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
390 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB100
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 391Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB100
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
392 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB101
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 393Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB101
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
394 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB101
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 395Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB101
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
396 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB102
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 397Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB102
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not | relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
398 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB102
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 399Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB102
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
400 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB103
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 401Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB103
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE z Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Remote Control
1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
402 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB103
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 403Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB103
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
404 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 405Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
406 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
A5E31640678A 407Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
408 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 409Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB104
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input IsolationParameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
410 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 411Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Connection Diagram
412 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time.
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
A5E31640678A 413Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.
4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.
5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.
Remote Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
414 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 415Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
10
PB105
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
416 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
11. 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation and Bypass ContactorsThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless accelerationby controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings. A bypass contactor is integrated into the design to provide selectable direct across the line, single- speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation.
The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote RVSS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.
3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Digital Module Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.
5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.
7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.
8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Digital Module Output 1 which deenergizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.
9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The basic BYPASS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote BYPASS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
2. The SIMOCODE Pro Digital Module Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.
3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.
4. The SIMOCODE Pro Digital Module Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.
5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.
The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.
o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Digital Module Output 1 to energize the 3M contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and rampdown.
o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.
A5E31640678A 417Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB107
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
418 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB107
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
A5E31640678A 419Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB107
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
420 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB107
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 421Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB107
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
422 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB108
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 423Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB108
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
424 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB108
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 425Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB108
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
426 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB108
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 427Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB109
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
428 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB109
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally close state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
A5E31640678A 429Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB109
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
430 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB109
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 431Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB109
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
432 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB110
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassConnection Diagram
A5E31640678A 433Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB110
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
434 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB110
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped. so equipped.
A5E31640678A 435Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB110
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
436 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB110
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 437Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
438 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 439Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
440 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 441Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
442 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB111
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 443Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
444 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 445Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
446 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 447Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
448 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB112
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 449Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB113
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
450 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB113
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
A5E31640678A 451Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB113
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
452 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB113
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 453Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB113
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
454 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB114
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 455Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB114
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
456 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB114
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 457Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB114
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
458 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB114
RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 459Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB115
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
460 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB115
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.
A5E31640678A 461Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB115
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
462 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB115
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 463Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB115
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
464 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB116
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 465Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB116
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.
2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.
466 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB116
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the s specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 467Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB116
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
468 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB116
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 469Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB117
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
470 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB117
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
A5E31640678A 471Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB117
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
472 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB117
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
A5E31640678A 473Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB117
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
474 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB118
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 475Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB118
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.
Local Control
1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).
2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
476 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB118
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 477Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB118
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
478 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB118
RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 479Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
480 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 481Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control
1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
482 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control
1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 483Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
484 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB119
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
A5E31640678A 485Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
486 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Connection Diagram
A5E31640678A 487Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.
2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.
3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained | signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.
Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).
2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
488 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Operating Instructions
Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).
2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.
3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.
4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.
5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.
6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).
7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.
8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.
Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.
3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.
A5E31640678A 489Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
Section
11
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
Control Selection and Operation
490 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A
tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual
PB120
RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass
Parameter Detail
AUTO Toggle Operation
RVSS Control and Operation
The information provided in this brochure contains merelygeneral descriptions or characteristics of performancewhich in case of actual use do not always apply as describedor which may change as a result of further developmentof the products. An obligation to provide the respectivecharacteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in theterms of contract.
All product designations may be trademarks or productnames of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use bythird parties for their own purposes could violate the rightsof the owners.
www.usa siemens.com
Subject to change without prior notice. Order No: E87010-A0241-T004-A5-MCC All rights reserved. Printed in USA ©2013 Siemens Industry, Inc.
Siemens Industry, Inc.3333 Old Milton ParkwayAlpharetta, GA 30005
1-800 [email protected]